|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
34 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
38 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
39 {
|
|
|
40 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
|
41 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
42 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
43 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
44 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)")
|
|
|
54 };
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 /*
|
|
|
59 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
60 */
|
|
|
61 struct Completion
|
|
|
62 {
|
|
|
63 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
64 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
65 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
66 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
67 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
68 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
69 };
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
71 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
72 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
73 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /*
|
|
|
76 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
77 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
78 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
79 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
80 */
|
|
|
81 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
82 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
86 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
87 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
89 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
90 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
91 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
92 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
93 that is being completed */
|
|
|
94 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
96 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
97 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
99 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
100 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
103 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
106 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
107 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
108 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
110 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
112 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
113 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
116 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
122 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
124 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
125 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
126 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
|
127 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
128 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
129 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
130 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
132 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
134 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
135 #endif
|
|
|
136 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
139 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
|
141 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
143 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
145 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 #endif
|
|
|
147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
148 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
149 #endif
|
|
|
150 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
151 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
153 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
154 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
155 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
156 #endif
|
|
|
157 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
159 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
162 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
168 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 #endif
|
|
|
170 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
171 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
173 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 #endif
|
|
|
175 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
176 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
177 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
178 #endif
|
|
|
179 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
182 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
185 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
186 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
187 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
190 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
196 int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
197 int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
198 int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
199 int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
200 #endif
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
203 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
204 #endif
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
207 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
208 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
211 under the cursor */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 /*
|
|
|
214 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
215 *
|
|
|
216 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
217 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
218 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
219 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
220 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
221 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
222 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
223 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
224 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
225 *
|
|
|
226 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
227 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
228 *
|
|
|
229 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
230 */
|
|
|
231 int
|
|
|
232 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
233 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
234 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
235 long count;
|
|
|
236 {
|
|
|
237 int c = 0;
|
|
|
238 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
239 int lastc;
|
|
|
240 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
241 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
242 static int o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
243 int i;
|
|
|
244 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
245 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
246 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
247 #endif
|
|
|
248 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
249 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
250 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
251 #endif
|
|
|
252 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
253 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
254 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
257 * error message */
|
|
|
258 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
261 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
262 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
263 {
|
|
|
264 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
265 return FALSE;
|
|
|
266 }
|
|
|
267 #endif
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
270 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
274 /*
|
|
|
275 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
276 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
277 */
|
|
|
278 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
279 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
280 else
|
|
|
281 #endif
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
284 if (startln)
|
|
|
285 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
286 }
|
|
|
287 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
288 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
289 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
290 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
293 {
|
|
|
294 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
295 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
296 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
297 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
298 {
|
|
|
299 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
300 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
301 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303 else
|
|
|
304 #endif
|
|
|
305 {
|
|
|
306 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
307 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
308 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
309 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
310 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
311 }
|
|
|
312 }
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
315 {
|
|
|
316 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
317 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
318 {
|
|
|
319 beep_flush();
|
|
|
320 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
321 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
322 }
|
|
|
323 else
|
|
|
324 #endif
|
|
|
325 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
326 }
|
|
|
327 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
328 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
329 {
|
|
|
330 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
331 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
332 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
333 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
334 }
|
|
|
335 #endif
|
|
|
336 else
|
|
|
337 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
343 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
344 */
|
|
|
345 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 /*
|
|
|
348 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
349 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
350 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
351 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
352 */
|
|
|
353 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
354 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
355 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
356 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
357 #endif
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
360 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
361 #endif
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
364 setmouse();
|
|
|
365 #endif
|
|
|
366 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
367 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
368 #endif
|
|
|
369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
370 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
371 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
372 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
373 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
374 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
375 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
376 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
377 #endif
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 /*
|
|
|
380 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
381 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
382 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
383 */
|
|
|
384 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
385 {
|
|
|
386 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
387 /*
|
|
|
388 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
389 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
390 */
|
|
|
391 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
392 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
393 else
|
|
|
394 #endif
|
|
|
395 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
396 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 /*
|
|
|
399 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
400 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
401 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
402 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
403 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
404 */
|
|
|
405 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
406 update_curswant();
|
|
|
407 if (((o_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
|
408 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
409 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
410 {
|
|
|
411 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
412 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
414 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
415 {
|
|
|
416 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
417 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
418 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
419 }
|
|
|
420 #endif
|
|
|
421 }
|
|
|
422 o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424 else
|
|
|
425 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
427 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
428 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
430 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
431 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
433 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
434 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
435 #endif
|
|
|
436 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
437 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
|
439 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
440 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
441 * restarting. */
|
|
|
442 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
443 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
444 #endif
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /*
|
|
|
447 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
448 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
449 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
450 */
|
|
|
451 i = 0;
|
|
|
452 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
453 i = showmode();
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
456 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
459 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
460 #endif
|
|
|
461 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
462 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
463 #endif
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /*
|
|
|
466 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
467 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
468 */
|
|
|
469 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
470 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
471 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
472 else
|
|
|
473 {
|
|
|
474 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
475 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
482 */
|
|
|
483 for (;;)
|
|
|
484 {
|
|
|
485 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
486 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
487 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
488 else
|
|
|
489 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
490 #endif
|
|
|
491 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
492 count = 0;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
495 {
|
|
|
496 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
497 count = 0;
|
|
|
498 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
499 }
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
502 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
503 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
506 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
507 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
508 {
|
|
|
509 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
510 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
511 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
512 }
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
520 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
521 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
522 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
523 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
524 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
527 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
528 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
529 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
530 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
531 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
532 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
533 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
534 #endif
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 /*
|
|
|
537 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
538 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
539 * redraw.
|
|
|
540 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
541 * something.
|
|
|
542 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
543 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
544 */
|
|
|
545 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
546 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
547 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
548 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
549 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
550 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
551 #endif
|
|
|
552 )
|
|
|
553 {
|
|
|
554 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
555 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
558 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
559 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
560 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
561 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
562 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
563 #endif
|
|
|
564 ))
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
567 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
568 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
569 else
|
|
|
570 #endif
|
|
|
571 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
572 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
573 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
574 else
|
|
|
575 #endif
|
|
|
576 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
577 }
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
581 update_topline();
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 /*
|
|
|
588 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
589 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
590 */
|
|
|
591 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
594 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
595 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 update_curswant();
|
|
|
599 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
601 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
602 #endif
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
605 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
606 #endif
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 /*
|
|
|
609 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
610 */
|
|
|
611 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
612 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
615 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
616 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
619 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
620 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
624 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
625 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
626 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
627 #endif
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
630 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
631 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
632 {
|
|
|
633 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
634 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
635 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
636 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
637 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
638 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
639 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
640 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
641 {
|
|
|
642 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
643 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
646 continue;
|
|
|
647 else
|
|
|
648 {
|
|
|
649 count = 0;
|
|
|
650 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
651 }
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
655 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
656 #endif
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
659 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
660 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
661 #endif
|
|
|
662 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
663 {
|
|
|
664 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
665 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
666 continue;
|
|
|
667 }
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
670 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
671 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
672 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
673 # endif
|
|
|
674 )
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
677 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
678 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
679 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
680 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
681 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
682 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
683 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
684 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
685 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687 #endif
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
690 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
691 switch (c)
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
694 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
695 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
696 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
697 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
698 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
699 }
|
|
|
700 #endif
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
703 /*
|
|
|
704 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
705 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
706 * characters.
|
|
|
707 */
|
|
|
708 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
709 continue;
|
|
|
710 #endif
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 /*
|
|
|
713 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
714 */
|
|
|
715 switch (c)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
718 case K_INS:
|
|
|
719 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
720 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
721 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
722 {
|
|
|
723 beep_flush();
|
|
|
724 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
725 break;
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
729 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
730 else
|
|
|
731 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
732 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
733 showmode();
|
|
|
734 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
735 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
736 #endif
|
|
|
737 break;
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
739 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
740 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
741 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
|
742 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-V CTRL-X doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
743 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
744 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
745 {
|
|
|
746 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
747 * continue_status */
|
|
|
748 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
749 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
750 else
|
|
|
751 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
752 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
753 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
754 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
755 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
756 showmode();
|
|
|
757 }
|
|
|
758 break;
|
|
|
759 #endif
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
762 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
763 break;
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
766 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
767 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
768 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
769 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
770 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
771 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
773 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
774 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
775 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
776 break;
|
|
|
777 count = 0;
|
|
|
778 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
779 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
780 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
781 else
|
|
|
782 #endif
|
|
|
783 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
784 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
785 else
|
|
|
786 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
787 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
788 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
789 o_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
790 else
|
|
|
791 #endif
|
|
|
792 o_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
793 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
796 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
797 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
798 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
799 #endif
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
802 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
803 case K_F1:
|
|
|
804 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
805 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
806 if (p_im)
|
|
|
807 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
808 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
811 case K_F21:
|
|
|
812 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
813 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
814 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
815 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
816 break;
|
|
|
817 #endif
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
820 case ESC:
|
|
|
821 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
822 break;
|
|
|
823 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
826 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
827 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
828 {
|
|
|
829 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
830 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
831 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
832 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
833 }
|
|
|
834 #endif
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
837 do_intr:
|
|
|
838 #endif
|
|
|
839 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
840 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
841 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
842 {
|
|
|
843 if (got_int)
|
|
|
844 {
|
|
|
845 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
846 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
847 }
|
|
|
848 else
|
|
|
849 vim_beep();
|
|
|
850 break;
|
|
|
851 }
|
|
|
852 doESCkey:
|
|
|
853 /*
|
|
|
854 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
855 */
|
|
|
856 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
857 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
|
858 if (o_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
859 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
|
862 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
863 continue;
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 /*
|
|
|
866 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
867 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
868 * error.
|
|
|
869 */
|
|
|
870 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
871 case NUL:
|
|
|
872 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
873 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
874 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
875 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
876 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
880 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
881 ins_reg();
|
|
|
882 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
883 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
884 break;
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
887 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
888 break;
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
891 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
892 {
|
|
|
893 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
894 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
895 {
|
|
|
896 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
897 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
898 }
|
|
|
899 else
|
|
|
900 {
|
|
|
901 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
902 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
903 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
904 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
905 #endif
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907 }
|
|
|
908 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
909 else
|
|
|
910 {
|
|
|
911 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
912 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
913 {
|
|
|
914 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
915 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
916 }
|
|
|
917 else
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
920 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
921 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
926 showmode();
|
|
|
927 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
928 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
929 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
930 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
931 #endif
|
|
|
932 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
933 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
934 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
935 #endif
|
|
|
936 break;
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
938 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
939 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
940 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
941 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
942 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
943 break;
|
|
|
944 #endif
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
947 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
948 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
949 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
950 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
951 #endif
|
|
|
952 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
955 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
956 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
957 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
|
959 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
960 {
|
|
|
961 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
962 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
963 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
964 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
965 {
|
|
|
966 vim_beep();
|
|
|
967 setcursor();
|
|
|
968 out_flush();
|
|
|
969 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
970 }
|
|
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972 }
|
|
|
973 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
974 }
|
|
|
975 # endif
|
|
|
976 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
977 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
978 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
979 break;
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
982 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
983 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
984 ins_del();
|
|
|
985 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
986 break;
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
989 case K_BS:
|
|
|
990 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
991 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
992 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
993 break;
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
996 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
997 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
998 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
999 break;
|
|
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1002 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1005 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
|
1008 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1009 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1010 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1011 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1012 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1013 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1014 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1015 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1016 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1017 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1018 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1019 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1020 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1021 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1022 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1023 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1024 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1025 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1026 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1030 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1031 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1032 break;
|
|
|
1033
|
|
|
1034 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1035 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1036 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1037 break;
|
|
|
1038 #endif
|
|
|
1039
|
|
|
1040 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1041 break;
|
|
|
1042
|
|
|
1043 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1044 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1045 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1046 break;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1049 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051 #endif
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1054 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1055 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
1056 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1057 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1058 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 case K_END:
|
|
|
1062 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1063 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
1064 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1065 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1066 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1067 break;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
1070 ins_left();
|
|
|
1071 break;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1074 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1075 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1079 ins_right();
|
|
|
1080 break;
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1083 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1084 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1085 break;
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 case K_UP:
|
|
|
1088 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
|
1089 break;
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1092 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1093 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1094 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1095 break;
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
1098 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
|
1099 break;
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1102 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1103 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1104 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1105 break;
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1108 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1109 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111 #endif
|
|
|
1112
|
|
|
1113 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1114 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1115 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1116 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1119 case TAB:
|
|
|
1120 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1121 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1122 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1123 #endif
|
|
|
1124 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1125 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1126 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1127 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1128 break;
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1131 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1132 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1133 case CAR:
|
|
|
1134 case NL:
|
|
|
1135 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1136 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1137 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1138 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1139 {
|
|
|
1140 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142 }
|
|
|
1143 #endif
|
|
|
1144 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1145 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1148 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1149 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151 #endif
|
|
|
1152 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1153 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1154 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1155 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1156 break;
|
|
|
1157
|
|
|
1158 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1159 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1160 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1161 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1162 {
|
|
|
1163 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1164 {
|
|
|
1165 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1166 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1167 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1168 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
|
1170 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1171 setcursor();
|
|
|
1172 out_flush();
|
|
|
1173 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175 break;
|
|
|
1176 }
|
|
|
1177 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1178 }
|
|
|
1179 # endif
|
|
|
1180 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1181 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1182 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1183 break;
|
|
|
1184 # endif
|
|
|
1185 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1186 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1189 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1190 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1191 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1192 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1195 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1196 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1197 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1198 #endif
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1201 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1202 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1203 #endif
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1206 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1209 break;
|
|
|
1210 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1211 }
|
|
|
1212 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1213 }
|
|
|
1214 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1215 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1218 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1219 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1220 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1221 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1222 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1223 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1224 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1225 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 docomplete:
|
|
|
1228 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1229 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1230 break;
|
|
|
1231 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1234 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1235 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1236 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1239 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1240 else
|
|
|
1241 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1242 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244 else
|
|
|
1245 #endif
|
|
|
1246 {
|
|
|
1247 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1248 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1249 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1254 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1255 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1256 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1257 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1258 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1259 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1260 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1261 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1262 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1263 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1264 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1265 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1266 #endif
|
|
|
1267 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1268 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1269 }
|
|
|
1270 }
|
|
|
1271 break;
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 default:
|
|
|
1274 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1275 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1276 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1277 #endif
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 /*
|
|
|
1280 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1281 */
|
|
|
1282 normalchar:
|
|
|
1283 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1284 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1285 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1286 #endif
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1291 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1292 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1293 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1294 #endif
|
|
|
1295 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1296 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1297 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1302 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1303 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1304 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1305 #endif
|
|
|
1306 c))
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1309 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1310 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1311 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1312 #endif
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1318 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1319 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1320 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1321 #endif
|
|
|
1322 break;
|
|
|
1323 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1326 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1327 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1330 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1331 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1332 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1333 # endif
|
|
|
1334 )
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1337 /*
|
|
|
1338 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1339 */
|
|
|
1340 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1341 {
|
|
|
1342 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1343 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1344 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1345 }
|
|
|
1346 }
|
|
|
1347 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1350 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1351 }
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 /*
|
|
|
1354 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1355 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1356 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1357 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1358 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1359 */
|
|
|
1360 static void
|
|
|
1361 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1364 {
|
|
|
1365 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1366 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1367 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1368 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1369 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1370 setcursor();
|
|
|
1371 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1372 }
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 /*
|
|
|
1376 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1377 */
|
|
|
1378 static void
|
|
|
1379 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 int c;
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1384 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1387 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1388 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1391 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1392 #endif
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1395 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1396 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1397 #endif
|
|
|
1398 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1399 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1400 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1401 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1402 #endif
|
|
|
1403 }
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 /*
|
|
|
1406 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1407 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1408 */
|
|
|
1409 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1410 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1411 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1412 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1413 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1415 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1416 #else
|
|
|
1417 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1418 #endif
|
|
|
1419 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1420 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1421 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 void
|
|
|
1424 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1425 int c;
|
|
|
1426 int highlight;
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 int attr;
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1433 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1434 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1435 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1436 else
|
|
|
1437 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1438 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1439 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1440 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1441 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1442 #endif
|
|
|
1443 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1444 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1445 {
|
|
|
1446 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1447 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1448 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1449 {
|
|
|
1450 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1455 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1456 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1457 }
|
|
|
1458 }
|
|
|
1459 # endif
|
|
|
1460 }
|
|
|
1461 else
|
|
|
1462 #endif
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1466 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1467 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1468 #endif
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1472 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1473 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1474 #endif
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1477 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 }
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 /*
|
|
|
1484 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1485 */
|
|
|
1486 void
|
|
|
1487 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1490 {
|
|
|
1491 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1492 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1493 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1494 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1495 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1496 else
|
|
|
1497 #endif
|
|
|
1498 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1499 }
|
|
|
1500 }
|
|
|
1501
|
|
|
1502 /*
|
|
|
1503 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1504 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1505 */
|
|
|
1506 void
|
|
|
1507 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1508 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1509 {
|
|
|
1510 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1513 return;
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1516 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1517 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1519 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1520 {
|
|
|
1521 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1524 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1525 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1526 }
|
|
|
1527 #endif
|
|
|
1528 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1529 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1532 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1539 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 static void
|
|
|
1542 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1543 {
|
|
|
1544 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1545 {
|
|
|
1546 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1547 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1548 }
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1553 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1554 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1555 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1556 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1557 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1558 */
|
|
|
1559 void
|
|
|
1560 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1561 int type;
|
|
|
1562 int amount;
|
|
|
1563 int round;
|
|
|
1564 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 int vcol;
|
|
|
1567 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1568 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1569 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1570 int i;
|
|
|
1571 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1572 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1573 int start_col;
|
|
|
1574 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1575 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1576 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1577 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1580 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1583 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1584 }
|
|
|
1585 #endif
|
|
|
1586
|
|
|
1587 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1588 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1589 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1590 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1591 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1595 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1596 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1597 */
|
|
|
1598 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1601 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1602 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1603 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 /*
|
|
|
1608 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1609 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1610 */
|
|
|
1611 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1612 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1615 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /*
|
|
|
1618 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1619 */
|
|
|
1620 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1621 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1622 else
|
|
|
1623 {
|
|
|
1624 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1625 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1628 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1629 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1630 #endif
|
|
|
1631 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1632 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1633 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1634 #endif
|
|
|
1635 }
|
|
|
1636 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /*
|
|
|
1639 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1640 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1641 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1642 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1643 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1644 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1645 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1646 */
|
|
|
1647 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 /*
|
|
|
1650 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1651 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1654 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1655 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1658 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1659 else
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 /*
|
|
|
1662 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1663 */
|
|
|
1664 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1665 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 /*
|
|
|
1668 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1669 */
|
|
|
1670 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1671 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1672 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1673 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1677 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1678 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1679 else
|
|
|
1680 #endif
|
|
|
1681 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1682 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 /*
|
|
|
1687 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1688 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1689 */
|
|
|
1690 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1691 {
|
|
|
1692 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1693 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1694 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1695 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1696 {
|
|
|
1697 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1698 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1699 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1700 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1701 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1702 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /*
|
|
|
1707 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1708 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1709 */
|
|
|
1710 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1716 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1717 else
|
|
|
1718 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1719 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1720 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 /*
|
|
|
1723 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1724 */
|
|
|
1725 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1728 {
|
|
|
1729 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1730 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1731 else
|
|
|
1732 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1733 }
|
|
|
1734 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1735 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1736 else
|
|
|
1737 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1738 }
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 /*
|
|
|
1741 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1742 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1743 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1744 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1745 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1746 */
|
|
|
1747 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1750 {
|
|
|
1751 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1752 --start_col;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1755 {
|
|
|
1756 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1757 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1758 {
|
|
|
1759 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1760 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764 }
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1767 /*
|
|
|
1768 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1769 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1770 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1771 */
|
|
|
1772 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1773 {
|
|
|
1774 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1775 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1776 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1777 return;
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1780 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1781 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1782 return;
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1785 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1788 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1789 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1792 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1795 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1798 }
|
|
|
1799 #endif
|
|
|
1800 }
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1804 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1805 * modes.
|
|
|
1806 */
|
|
|
1807 void
|
|
|
1808 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1809 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 int i;
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1814 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1815 {
|
|
|
1816 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1817 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1818 }
|
|
|
1819 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1823 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1824 /*
|
|
|
1825 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1826 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1827 */
|
|
|
1828 void
|
|
|
1829 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1830 int col;
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1833 {
|
|
|
1834 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1835 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1836 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1837 else
|
|
|
1838 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1839 }
|
|
|
1840 }
|
|
|
1841 #endif
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1844 /*
|
|
|
1845 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1846 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1847 */
|
|
|
1848 int
|
|
|
1849 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1850 int c;
|
|
|
1851 {
|
|
|
1852 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1853 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1854 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1857 {
|
|
|
1858 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1859 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1860 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1861 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1862 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1863 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1864 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1865 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1866 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1867 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1868 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1869 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1870 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1871 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1872 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1873 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1874 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1875 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1876 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1877 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1878 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1879 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1880 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1881 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1882 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1883 #endif
|
|
|
1884 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1885 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1886 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1887 }
|
|
|
1888 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1889 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1890 }
|
|
|
1891
|
|
|
1892 /*
|
|
|
1893 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1894 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1895 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1896 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1897 */
|
|
|
1898 int
|
|
|
1899 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1900 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1901 int len;
|
|
|
1902 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1903 int dir;
|
|
|
1904 int reuse;
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1907 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1908 int idx;
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1911 {
|
|
|
1912 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1913 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1914 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1915 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1918 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1919 {
|
|
|
1920 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
|
1922 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1923 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1924 {
|
|
|
1925 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1926 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1927 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1928 break;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930 }
|
|
|
1931 }
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 /*
|
|
|
1934 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1935 * upper case.
|
|
|
1936 */
|
|
|
1937 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1938 {
|
|
|
1939 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1940 {
|
|
|
1941 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
1942 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1943 {
|
|
|
1944 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1945 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1946 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1947 break;
|
|
|
1948 }
|
|
|
1949 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
1950 }
|
|
|
1951 }
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
1954 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1957 }
|
|
|
1958 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1959 }
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 /*
|
|
|
1962 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1963 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1964 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1965 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1966 */
|
|
|
1967 static int
|
|
|
1968 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1969 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1970 int len;
|
|
|
1971 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1972 int dir;
|
|
|
1973 int reuse;
|
|
|
1974 {
|
|
|
1975 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1978 if (got_int)
|
|
|
1979 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1980 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1981 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 /*
|
|
|
1984 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1985 */
|
|
|
1986 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1987 {
|
|
|
1988 match = first_match;
|
|
|
1989 do
|
|
|
1990 {
|
|
|
1991 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1992 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1993 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1994 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1995 match = match->next;
|
|
|
1996 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
1997 }
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /*
|
|
|
2000 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2001 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2002 */
|
|
|
2003 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2004 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2005 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2006 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2007 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2008 {
|
|
|
2009 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2010 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2011 }
|
|
|
2012 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2015 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2018 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2019 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2020 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2021 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2022 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2023 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2024 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2025 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2026 else
|
|
|
2027 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2028 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2029
|
|
|
2030 /*
|
|
|
2031 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2032 */
|
|
|
2033 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2034 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2035 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2036 {
|
|
|
2037 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2038 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2039 }
|
|
|
2040 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2041 {
|
|
|
2042 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2043 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
|
2045 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2046 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2047 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2048 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2049 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2050 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2051 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 return OK;
|
|
|
2054 }
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
|
2057 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2058 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 static void
|
|
|
2061 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2062 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2063 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2064 int dir;
|
|
|
2065 {
|
|
|
2066 int i;
|
|
|
2067 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2068 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2071 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2072 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2073 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2074 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2075 }
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2078 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2079 */
|
|
|
2080 static int
|
|
|
2081 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2082 {
|
|
|
2083 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2084 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2087 {
|
|
|
2088 /*
|
|
|
2089 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2090 */
|
|
|
2091 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2092 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2093 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
|
2095 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2096 ++count;
|
|
|
2097 }
|
|
|
2098 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2099 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2100 }
|
|
|
2101 return count;
|
|
|
2102 }
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2105 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2106 /*
|
|
|
2107 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2108 * completions.
|
|
|
2109 */
|
|
|
2110 static void
|
|
|
2111 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2112 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2113 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2114 int dir;
|
|
|
2115 int flags;
|
|
|
2116 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2119 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2120 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2121 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2122 int add_r;
|
|
|
2123 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2124 int count;
|
|
|
2125 int i;
|
|
|
2126 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2129 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2130 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2131 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2132 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2133 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2134 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2135 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2136 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2137 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2140 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2141 {
|
|
|
2142 count = 1;
|
|
|
2143 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145 else
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2148 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2149 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2150 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2151 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2152 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2153 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2154 count = 0;
|
|
|
2155 }
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2158 {
|
|
|
2159 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2160 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning dictionary: %s"),
|
|
|
2163 (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2164 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2165 }
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2168 {
|
|
|
2169 /*
|
|
|
2170 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2171 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2172 */
|
|
|
2173 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2174 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2175 {
|
|
|
2176 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2177 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2180 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2181 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2182 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2183 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2184 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
|
2191 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2192 {
|
|
|
2193 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2194 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2195 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2196 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2197 break;
|
|
|
2198 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2202 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2203 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2204 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2205 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2206 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2207 {
|
|
|
2208 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2211 break;
|
|
|
2212 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214 else
|
|
|
2215 #endif
|
|
|
2216 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2217 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2218 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2219 }
|
|
|
2220 }
|
|
|
2221 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2222 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2223 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2224 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2225 break;
|
|
|
2226 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2227 * of line */
|
|
|
2228 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2229 break;
|
|
|
2230 }
|
|
|
2231 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2232 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2238 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2239 if (flags)
|
|
|
2240 break;
|
|
|
2241 }
|
|
|
2242 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2243 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2244 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 /*
|
|
|
2248 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2249 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2250 */
|
|
|
2251 char_u *
|
|
|
2252 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2253 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2254 {
|
|
|
2255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2256 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2257 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2258 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2259 else
|
|
|
2260 #endif
|
|
|
2261 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2262 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2263 return ptr;
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 /*
|
|
|
2267 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2268 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2269 */
|
|
|
2270 char_u *
|
|
|
2271 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2272 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2273 {
|
|
|
2274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2275 int start_class;
|
|
|
2276
|
|
|
2277 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2278 {
|
|
|
2279 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2280 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2281 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2282 {
|
|
|
2283 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2284 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2285 break;
|
|
|
2286 }
|
|
|
2287 }
|
|
|
2288 else
|
|
|
2289 #endif
|
|
|
2290 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2291 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2292 return ptr;
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 /*
|
|
|
2296 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2297 */
|
|
|
2298 static void
|
|
|
2299 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2300 {
|
|
|
2301 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2304 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2307 return;
|
|
|
2308 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2309 do
|
|
|
2310 {
|
|
|
2311 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2312 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2313 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2314 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2315 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2316 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2317 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2318 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2319 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2320 }
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 static void
|
|
|
2323 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2326 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2327 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2328 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2329 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2330 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2331 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2332 }
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 /*
|
|
|
2335 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2336 */
|
|
|
2337 static void
|
|
|
2338 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2339 int c;
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2342 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2343 int temp;
|
|
|
2344 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2347 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2348 */
|
|
|
2349 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2350 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2353 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2354 return;
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 /*
|
|
|
2359 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2360 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2361 */
|
|
|
2362 switch (c)
|
|
|
2363 {
|
|
|
2364 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2365 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2366 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2367 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2368 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2369 else
|
|
|
2370 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2371 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2372 showmode();
|
|
|
2373 break;
|
|
|
2374 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2375 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2376 break;
|
|
|
2377 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2378 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2379 break;
|
|
|
2380 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2381 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2382 break;
|
|
|
2383 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2384 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2385 break;
|
|
|
2386 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2387 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2388 break;
|
|
|
2389 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2390 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2391 break;
|
|
|
2392 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2393 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2394 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2395 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2396 break;
|
|
|
2397 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2398 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2399 break;
|
|
|
2400 #endif
|
|
|
2401 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2402 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2403 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2404 break;
|
|
|
2405 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2406 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2407 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2408 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2409 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2410 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2411 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2412 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2413 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2414 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2415 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2416 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2417 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2418 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2419 default:
|
|
|
2420 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2421 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2422 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2423 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2424 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2425 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2426 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2427 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2428 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2429 {
|
|
|
2430 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2431 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2432 else
|
|
|
2433 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2434 }
|
|
|
2435 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2436 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2437 showmode();
|
|
|
2438 break;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440 }
|
|
|
2441 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2442 {
|
|
|
2443 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2444 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2447 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2448 else
|
|
|
2449 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2450 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2451 }
|
|
|
2452 showmode();
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2458 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2459 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2460 */
|
|
|
2461 showmode();
|
|
|
2462 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2463 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2466 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2467 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2468 */
|
|
|
2469 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2470 {
|
|
|
2471 /*
|
|
|
2472 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2473 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2474 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2475 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2476 */
|
|
|
2477 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2478 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2479 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2480 {
|
|
|
2481 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2482 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2485 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2486 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488
|
|
|
2489 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2490 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2491 #endif
|
|
|
2492 /*
|
|
|
2493 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2494 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2495 */
|
|
|
2496 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2497 {
|
|
|
2498 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2499 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2500 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2501 {
|
|
|
2502 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2503 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505 #endif
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507 else
|
|
|
2508 {
|
|
|
2509 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2510 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2511 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2512 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2513 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2514 }
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2519 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2520 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2521 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2522 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2523 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2524 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2525 {
|
|
|
2526 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2527 showmode();
|
|
|
2528 }
|
|
|
2529
|
|
|
2530 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2531 /*
|
|
|
2532 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2533 */
|
|
|
2534 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2535 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2536 #endif
|
|
|
2537 }
|
|
|
2538 }
|
|
|
2539
|
|
|
2540 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2541 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2542 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2543 {
|
|
|
2544 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2545 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 /*
|
|
|
2550 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2551 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2552 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2553 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2554 *
|
|
|
2555 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2556 */
|
|
|
2557 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2558 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2559 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2560 int flag;
|
|
|
2561 {
|
|
|
2562 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2563 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2564 #endif
|
|
|
2565
|
|
|
2566 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2567 {
|
|
|
2568 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2569 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2570 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2571 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2572 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2573 ;
|
|
|
2574 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2575 #else
|
|
|
2576 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2577 #endif
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579 else
|
|
|
2580 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2581 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2582 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2583 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2584 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2585 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2586 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2587 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2588 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2589 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2590 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2591 ;
|
|
|
2592 return buf;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 /*
|
|
|
2596 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2597 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2598 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2599 */
|
|
|
2600 static int
|
|
|
2601 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2602 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2603 int dir;
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2606 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2607 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2608 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2609 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2612 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2613 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2614 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2615 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2616 int i;
|
|
|
2617 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2618 int len;
|
|
|
2619 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2620 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2621 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2622 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2623 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2624 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2625 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2630 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2631 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2632 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2633 e_cpt = continue_status & CONT_LOCAL ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
|
2634 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2635 }
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2638 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2639 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2640 for (;;)
|
|
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2645 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2646 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2647 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2648 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2649 {
|
|
|
2650 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2651 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2652 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2653 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2656 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2657 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2658 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2659 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2660 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2661 type = 0;
|
|
|
2662 }
|
|
|
2663 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2664 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2667 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2670 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2671 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2672 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2673 type = 0;
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2678 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2679 continue;
|
|
|
2680 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2681 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2682 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2683 }
|
|
|
2684 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
|
2685 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2686 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2687 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2688 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2689 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2690 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2691 }
|
|
|
2692 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2693 break;
|
|
|
2694 else
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2697 type = -1;
|
|
|
2698 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2699 {
|
|
|
2700 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2701 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2702 else
|
|
|
2703 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2704 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2705 {
|
|
|
2706 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2707 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2708 }
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
|
2710 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2711 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2712 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2713 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2714 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2715 #endif
|
|
|
2716 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2717 {
|
|
|
2718 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2719 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2720 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2721 }
|
|
|
2722 else
|
|
|
2723 type = -1;
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2726 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2729 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2730 continue;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 switch (type)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 case -1:
|
|
|
2737 break;
|
|
|
2738 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2739 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2740 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2741 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2742 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2743 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2744 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2745 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2746 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2747 break;
|
|
|
2748 #endif
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2751 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2752 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2753 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2754 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2755 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2756 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2757 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2758 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2759 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2760 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2761 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2762 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2763 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2764 break;
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2767 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2768 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2769 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2772 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2773 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2774 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2775 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2776 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2777 {
|
|
|
2778 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2779 }
|
|
|
2780 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2781 break;
|
|
|
2782
|
|
|
2783 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2784 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2785 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2786 {
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2789 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2790 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2791 }
|
|
|
2792 break;
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2795 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2796 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2797 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2798 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2799 break;
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2802 /*
|
|
|
2803 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2804 */
|
|
|
2805 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2806 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2807 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2808 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2809 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2810 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2811 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2812 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2813 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2814 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2815 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2816 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2817 for (;;)
|
|
|
2818 {
|
|
|
2819 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2822 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2823 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2824 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2825 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2826 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2827 else
|
|
|
2828 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2829 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2830 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2831 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2832 {
|
|
|
2833 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2834 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2835 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2836 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2837 }
|
|
|
2838 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2839 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2840 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2841 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2844 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2845 break;
|
|
|
2846 }
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
2849 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
2850 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2851 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2852 continue;
|
|
|
2853 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2854 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2855 {
|
|
|
2856 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2857 {
|
|
|
2858 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2859 continue;
|
|
|
2860 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2861 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2862 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2863 }
|
|
|
2864 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 else
|
|
|
2867 {
|
|
|
2868 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2869 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2870 {
|
|
|
2871 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
2872 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2873 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2874 continue;
|
|
|
2875 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2876 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2879 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2880 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2883 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
2884 {
|
|
|
2885 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2886 {
|
|
|
2887 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2888 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2889 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
2890 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
2891 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2892 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2893 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2894 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2895 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2896 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2897 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2898 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2899 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2900 {
|
|
|
2901 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
2902 {
|
|
|
2903 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
2904 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2905 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
2906 if (p_js
|
|
|
2907 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
2908 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
2909 == NULL
|
|
|
2910 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
2911 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
2912 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
|
2914 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
2915 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
2916 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
2917 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2918 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2919 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
2920 }
|
|
|
2921 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
2922 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
2923 }
|
|
|
2924 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
2925 continue;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 }
|
|
|
2928 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
2929 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
2930 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
2931 {
|
|
|
2932 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
2933 break;
|
|
|
2934 }
|
|
|
2935 }
|
|
|
2936 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2937 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
2940 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
2941 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
2942 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
2945 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
2946 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2947 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
2948 break;
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
2951 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
2952 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2955 }
|
|
|
2956 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2959 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
2960 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2961
|
|
|
2962 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
2963 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
2964 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
2965 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
2968 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
2969 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2970 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
2971 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2972 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
2973 return i;
|
|
|
2974 }
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
2977 static void
|
|
|
2978 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
2979 {
|
|
|
2980 int i;
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 /*
|
|
|
2983 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
2984 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
2985 */
|
|
|
2986 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
2987 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
2988 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
2992 static void
|
|
|
2993 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
2996 }
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 /*
|
|
|
2999 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3000 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3001 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3002 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3003 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3004 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3005 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3006 *
|
|
|
3007 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3008 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3009 *
|
|
|
3010 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3011 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3012 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3013 */
|
|
|
3014 static int
|
|
|
3015 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3016 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3019 int i;
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3024 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3025 }
|
|
|
3026 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3027 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3028 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3029 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3030 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3031 else
|
|
|
3032 {
|
|
|
3033 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3034 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3035 {
|
|
|
3036 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3037 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3040 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3041 }
|
|
|
3042 }
|
|
|
3043 else
|
|
|
3044 return -1;
|
|
|
3045 }
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3048 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3051 {
|
|
|
3052 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3053 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3056 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3057 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3058 }
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 /*
|
|
|
3061 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3062 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3063 */
|
|
|
3064 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3067 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3068 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3069 i = 0;
|
|
|
3070 else
|
|
|
3071 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3072 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3073 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3074 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3078 }
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 /*
|
|
|
3081 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3082 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3083 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3084 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3085 */
|
|
|
3086 void
|
|
|
3087 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3088 {
|
|
|
3089 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 int c;
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3094 * scripts */
|
|
|
3095 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3096 return;
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
3098 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3099 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3100 return;
|
|
|
3101 count = 0;
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3104 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3105 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3106 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3107 {
|
|
|
3108 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
|
3110 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3111 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3112 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3113 else
|
|
|
3114 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3115 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3118 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3121 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3122 }
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 /*
|
|
|
3125 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3126 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3127 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3128 */
|
|
|
3129 static int
|
|
|
3130 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3131 int c;
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3134 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3135 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3138 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3139 else
|
|
|
3140 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3141 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3142 {
|
|
|
3143 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3144
|
|
|
3145 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3146 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3147 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3150 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3151 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3152 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3153 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3154 #endif
|
|
|
3155 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3156 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3157
|
|
|
3158 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3159 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3162 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3163 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3164 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3165 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3166 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3167 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3168 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3169 {
|
|
|
3170 /*
|
|
|
3171 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3172 */
|
|
|
3173 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3174 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3175 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3176 {
|
|
|
3177 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3180 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3181 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3182 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3183 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3184 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3185 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3186 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3187 }
|
|
|
3188 else
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3191 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3192 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3193 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3196 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3197 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
|
3201 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3202 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3203 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3204 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3205 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
|
3207 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3208 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3209 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3212 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3213 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3214 }
|
|
|
3215 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3216 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3217 else
|
|
|
3218 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220 else
|
|
|
3221 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3224 {
|
|
|
3225 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3226 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3227 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3228 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3229 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3230 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3231 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3232 }
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3235 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3236 {
|
|
|
3237 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3238 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3239 {
|
|
|
3240 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3241 {
|
|
|
3242 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3243 ;
|
|
|
3244 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3245 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3248 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3249 else
|
|
|
3250 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3251 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3252 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3259 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3260 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3261 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3262 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3263 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3264 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3265 && (
|
|
|
3266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3267 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3268 #else
|
|
|
3269 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3270 #endif
|
|
|
3271 )))
|
|
|
3272 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3273 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3274 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 else if (
|
|
|
3277 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3278 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3279 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3280 #else
|
|
|
3281 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3282 #endif
|
|
|
3283 )
|
|
|
3284 {
|
|
|
3285 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3286 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3287 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3288 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3289 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3290 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3291 }
|
|
|
3292 else
|
|
|
3293 {
|
|
|
3294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3295 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3296 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3297 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3298 {
|
|
|
3299 int base_class;
|
|
|
3300 int head_off;
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3303 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3304 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3305 {
|
|
|
3306 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3307 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3308 break;
|
|
|
3309 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3310 }
|
|
|
3311 }
|
|
|
3312 else
|
|
|
3313 #endif
|
|
|
3314 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3315 ;
|
|
|
3316 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3317 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3320 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3321 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3322 */
|
|
|
3323 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3324 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3325 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3326 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3327 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3328 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 else
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3333 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3334 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3335 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3336 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3337 }
|
|
|
3338 }
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3343 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3344 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3345 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3346 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3347 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3348 else
|
|
|
3349 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3350 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3351 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
|
3355 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3356 ;
|
|
|
3357 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3358 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3359 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3360 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3361 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3364 {
|
|
|
3365 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3366 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3367 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3368 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3369 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3370 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3371 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3372 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3373 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3374 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3375 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3382 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3385 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3386 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3389 #endif
|
|
|
3390 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3391 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3392 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3393 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3394 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3395 #endif
|
|
|
3396 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3397 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3398 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3399 }
|
|
|
3400 }
|
|
|
3401 else
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3404 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3405 }
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3408 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3409 else
|
|
|
3410 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3415 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3416 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3417 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3418 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
|
3420 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3421 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3422 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3423 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3424 }
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3427 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3428 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3429 */
|
|
|
3430 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3431 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3432 showmode();
|
|
|
3433 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3434 out_flush();
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3438 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 /*
|
|
|
3441 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3442 */
|
|
|
3443 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3444
|
|
|
3445 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3446 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3447 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3448 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3449 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3452 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3455 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3459 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3462 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3463 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3464 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3465 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3466 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3467 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3468 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3469 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3470 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3471 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3472 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3473 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3474 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3475 }
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3478 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3479 else
|
|
|
3480 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3483 {
|
|
|
3484 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3485 {
|
|
|
3486 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3487 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3490 {
|
|
|
3491 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3492 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3493 }
|
|
|
3494 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3495 {
|
|
|
3496 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3497 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3498 }
|
|
|
3499 else
|
|
|
3500 {
|
|
|
3501 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3502 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
|
3504 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3505 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3510 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3511 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3512 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3513 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3514 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3517 break;
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3520 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3521 * yet */
|
|
|
3522 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3523 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3524 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3525 }
|
|
|
3526 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3529 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3530 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3531 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3532 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3533 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3536 break;
|
|
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3539 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3540 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3541 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3542 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3543 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3548 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3549 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3550 {
|
|
|
3551 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3552 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3555 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3556 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3557 else
|
|
|
3558 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3559 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3560 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3561 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3562 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3563 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3564 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3565 }
|
|
|
3566 }
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3570 showmode();
|
|
|
3571 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3574 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3575 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3576 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578 else
|
|
|
3579 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 return OK;
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 /*
|
|
|
3585 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3586 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3587 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3588 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3589 */
|
|
|
3590 static int
|
|
|
3591 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3592 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3593 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3594 int len;
|
|
|
3595 {
|
|
|
3596 int m;
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3599 {
|
|
|
3600 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 case '.':
|
|
|
3603 case '*':
|
|
|
3604 case '[':
|
|
|
3605 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3606 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3607 break;
|
|
|
3608 case '~':
|
|
|
3609 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3610 break;
|
|
|
3611 case '\\':
|
|
|
3612 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3613 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3614 break;
|
|
|
3615 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3616 case '$':
|
|
|
3617 m++;
|
|
|
3618 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3619 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3620 break;
|
|
|
3621 }
|
|
|
3622 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3623 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3625 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3626 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3631 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3632 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3633 {
|
|
|
3634 --len;
|
|
|
3635 ++src;
|
|
|
3636 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3637 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640 #endif
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
|
3642 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3643 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 return m;
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 /*
|
|
|
3650 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3651 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3652 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3653 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3654 */
|
|
|
3655 int
|
|
|
3656 get_literal()
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 int cc;
|
|
|
3659 int nc;
|
|
|
3660 int i;
|
|
|
3661 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3662 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3664 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3665 #endif
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3668 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3671 /*
|
|
|
3672 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3673 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3674 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3675 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3676 */
|
|
|
3677 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3678 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3679 #endif
|
|
|
3680 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3681 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3682 #endif
|
|
|
3683 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3684 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3685 i = 0;
|
|
|
3686 for (;;)
|
|
|
3687 {
|
|
|
3688 do
|
|
|
3689 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3690 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3691 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3692 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3693 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3694 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3695 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3696 # endif
|
|
|
3697 )
|
|
|
3698 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3699 #endif
|
|
|
3700 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3701 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3702 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3703 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3704 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3705 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3706 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3707 #endif
|
|
|
3708 else
|
|
|
3709 {
|
|
|
3710 if (hex
|
|
|
3711 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3712 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3713 #endif
|
|
|
3714 )
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3717 break;
|
|
|
3718 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3721 {
|
|
|
3722 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3723 break;
|
|
|
3724 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726 else
|
|
|
3727 {
|
|
|
3728 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3729 break;
|
|
|
3730 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3731 }
|
|
|
3732
|
|
|
3733 ++i;
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3738 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3739 #endif
|
|
|
3740 )
|
|
|
3741 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3742 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3745 {
|
|
|
3746 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3747 break;
|
|
|
3748 }
|
|
|
3749 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3750 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3753 break;
|
|
|
3754 }
|
|
|
3755 #endif
|
|
|
3756 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3757 break;
|
|
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3760 {
|
|
|
3761 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3762 {
|
|
|
3763 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3764 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3765 }
|
|
|
3766 else
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3769 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771 }
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3774 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3777 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3778 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3779 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3780 #endif
|
|
|
3781 if (nc)
|
|
|
3782 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3783 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3784 return cc;
|
|
|
3785 }
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 /*
|
|
|
3788 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3789 */
|
|
|
3790 static void
|
|
|
3791 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3792 int c;
|
|
|
3793 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3794 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3795 {
|
|
|
3796 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3797 int len;
|
|
|
3798
|
|
|
3799 /*
|
|
|
3800 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3801 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3802 * mode.
|
|
|
3803 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3804 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3805 */
|
|
|
3806 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3807 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3808 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3809 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3810 #endif
|
|
|
3811 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3814 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3815 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3816 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
|
3818 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3819 return;
|
|
|
3820 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
3821 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
3822 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
3823 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825 }
|
|
|
3826 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3827 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
3828 }
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 /*
|
|
|
3831 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
3832 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
3833 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
3834 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
3835 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
3836 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
3837 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
3838 */
|
|
|
3839 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3840 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3841 #else
|
|
|
3842 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3843 #endif
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3846 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
3847 #else
|
|
|
3848 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
3849 #endif
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 void
|
|
|
3852 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
3853 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
3854 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
3855 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
3856 {
|
|
|
3857 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3858 int textwidth;
|
|
|
3859 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3860 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
3861 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3862 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
3863 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
3864 #endif
|
|
|
3865 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
3866 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
3867 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
3868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3869 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
3870 #endif
|
|
|
3871 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3872 int cc;
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
3875 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3877 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
3878 #endif
|
|
|
3879 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 /*
|
|
|
3882 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
3883 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
3884 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
3885 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
3886 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
3887 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
3888 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
3889 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
3890 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
3891 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
3892 * before the insert.
|
|
|
3893 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
3894 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
3895 */
|
|
|
3896 if (textwidth
|
|
|
3897 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3898 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
3899 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3900 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3901 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3902 #endif
|
|
|
3903 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
3904 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
3905 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
3906 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
3907 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
3908 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
3909 ))))))
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 /*
|
|
|
3912 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
3913 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
3914 */
|
|
|
3915 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
3916 {
|
|
|
3917 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
3918 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
3921 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923 }
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /*
|
|
|
3926 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
3927 */
|
|
|
3928 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
3931 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
3932 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
3933 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
3934 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
3935 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
3936 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3937 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
3938 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
3939 #endif
|
|
|
3940 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
3943 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
3944 break;
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3947 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
3948 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
3949 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3950 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
3951 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
3954 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
3955 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3956 else
|
|
|
3957 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
3960 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
3961 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
3962 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
3963 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
3964 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
3965 #endif
|
|
|
3966 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3967 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3968 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
3969 #endif
|
|
|
3970 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
3974 break;
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
3977 break;
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
3980 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
3981 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
3984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3985 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
3986 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3987 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
3988 #endif
|
|
|
3989 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
3990
|
|
|
3991 /*
|
|
|
3992 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
3993 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
3994 */
|
|
|
3995 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
3996 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
3997 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
3998 {
|
|
|
3999 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4000 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4001 {
|
|
|
4002 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4003 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4004
|
|
|
4005 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4006 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4009 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4012 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4013 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4014 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4015 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4016 break;
|
|
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4019 {
|
|
|
4020 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4021 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4022 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4025 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4026 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4027
|
|
|
4028 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4029 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4030 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4031 }
|
|
|
4032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4033 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4034 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4035 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4036 else
|
|
|
4037 #endif
|
|
|
4038 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4039 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4040 break;
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4043 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4044 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4045 {
|
|
|
4046 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4047 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4048 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4049 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4050 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4051 break;
|
|
|
4052 }
|
|
|
4053 #endif
|
|
|
4054 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4055 break;
|
|
|
4056 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4057 }
|
|
|
4058
|
|
|
4059 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4060 {
|
|
|
4061 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4062 break;
|
|
|
4063 }
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4066 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 /*
|
|
|
4069 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4070 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4071 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4072 */
|
|
|
4073 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4074 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4075 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4076 else
|
|
|
4077 #endif
|
|
|
4078 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 /*
|
|
|
4081 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4082 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4083 */
|
|
|
4084 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4085 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4086 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4087 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4088 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4089 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4090
|
|
|
4091 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4092 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4093 {
|
|
|
4094 /*
|
|
|
4095 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4096 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4097 */
|
|
|
4098 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4099 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4100 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4101 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4102 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4105 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4106 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4107 }
|
|
|
4108 else
|
|
|
4109 #endif
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4112 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4113 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4114 }
|
|
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 /*
|
|
|
4117 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4118 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4119 */
|
|
|
4120 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4121 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4122 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4123 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4124 #endif
|
|
|
4125 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4126 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4129 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4130 {
|
|
|
4131 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4132 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4133 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4134 {
|
|
|
4135 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4136 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4137 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4138 else
|
|
|
4139 #endif
|
|
|
4140 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4141 }
|
|
|
4142 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4143 }
|
|
|
4144
|
|
|
4145 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4146 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 /*
|
|
|
4149 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4150 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4151 */
|
|
|
4152 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4153 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155 else
|
|
|
4156 #endif
|
|
|
4157 {
|
|
|
4158 /*
|
|
|
4159 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4160 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4161 */
|
|
|
4162 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4163 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4165 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4166 }
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4169 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4170 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4171 #endif
|
|
|
4172 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4173 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4174 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4175 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4176 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4177 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4178 #endif
|
|
|
4179 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4183 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4184
|
|
|
4185 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4186 return;
|
|
|
4187 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4188 {
|
|
|
4189 update_topline();
|
|
|
4190 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4191 }
|
|
|
4192 }
|
|
|
4193 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4194 return;
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4197 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4198 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4199 {
|
|
|
4200 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4201 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4202 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4203 int i;
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 /*
|
|
|
4206 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4207 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4208 */
|
|
|
4209 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4210 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4213 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4214 ++p;
|
|
|
4215 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4216 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4217 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4218 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4221 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4222 ++p;
|
|
|
4223 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4226 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4227 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4228 ;
|
|
|
4229 i++;
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4232 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4235 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4236 {
|
|
|
4237 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4238 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 /*
|
|
|
4241 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4242 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4243 */
|
|
|
4244 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4245 }
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247 }
|
|
|
4248 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4249 #endif
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4253 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4254 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4255 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4256 #endif
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 /*
|
|
|
4259 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4260 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4261 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4262 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4263 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4264 */
|
|
|
4265 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4266 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4267 #endif
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4271 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4272 #endif
|
|
|
4273 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4274 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4275 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4276 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4277 #endif
|
|
|
4278 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4279 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4280 #endif
|
|
|
4281 )
|
|
|
4282 {
|
|
|
4283 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4284 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4285 int i;
|
|
|
4286 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4289 i = 1;
|
|
|
4290 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4291 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4292 /*
|
|
|
4293 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4294 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4295 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4296 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4297 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4298 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4299 */
|
|
|
4300 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4301 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4303 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4304 #endif
|
|
|
4305 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4306 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4307 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4308 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4311 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4312 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4313 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4314 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4315 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4316 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4317 # endif
|
|
|
4318 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4319 #else
|
|
|
4320 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4321 #endif
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4325 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4326 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4327 #endif
|
|
|
4328 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4329 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4330 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4333 i = 1;
|
|
|
4334 }
|
|
|
4335 else
|
|
|
4336 i = 0;
|
|
|
4337 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4338 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
|
4340 else
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4343 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4344 {
|
|
|
4345 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4348 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4349 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4350 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4351 }
|
|
|
4352 else
|
|
|
4353 #endif
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4356 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4357 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4358 else
|
|
|
4359 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361 }
|
|
|
4362 }
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 /*
|
|
|
4365 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4366 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4367 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4368 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4369 * saved here.
|
|
|
4370 */
|
|
|
4371 void
|
|
|
4372 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4373 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4374 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4375 {
|
|
|
4376 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4377 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4378 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4379 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4380 int wasatend;
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4383 return;
|
|
|
4384
|
|
|
4385 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4386 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4389 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4392 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4393 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4394 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4395 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4396 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4397 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4398 {
|
|
|
4399 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4400 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
4401 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4402 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4403 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4404 if (WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4407 return;
|
|
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4413 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4414 * comments. */
|
|
|
4415 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4416 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4417 return;
|
|
|
4418 #endif
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /*
|
|
|
4421 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4422 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4423 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4424 */
|
|
|
4425 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4428 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4429 return;
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431
|
|
|
4432 /*
|
|
|
4433 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4434 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4435 */
|
|
|
4436 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4437 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4438 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4439 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4442 {
|
|
|
4443 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4444 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4445 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447 else
|
|
|
4448 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4451 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4452 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4453 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4454 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4455 {
|
|
|
4456 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4457 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4458 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4459 {
|
|
|
4460 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4461 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4462 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4463 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4464 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4465 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4466 }
|
|
|
4467 else
|
|
|
4468 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4469 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4470 }
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4473 }
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 /*
|
|
|
4476 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4477 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4478 * position.
|
|
|
4479 */
|
|
|
4480 static void
|
|
|
4481 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4482 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4483 {
|
|
|
4484 int c = ' ';
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4487 {
|
|
|
4488 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4489 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4490 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4491 else
|
|
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4496 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4497 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4498 }
|
|
|
4499 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
|
4501 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4502 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4503 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506 }
|
|
|
4507 }
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 /*
|
|
|
4510 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4511 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4512 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4513 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4514 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4515 */
|
|
|
4516 int
|
|
|
4517 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4518 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4519 {
|
|
|
4520 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4521
|
|
|
4522 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4523 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4524 {
|
|
|
4525 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4526 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4527 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4529 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4530 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4531 #endif
|
|
|
4532 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4533 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4534 #endif
|
|
|
4535 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4536 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4537 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4538 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4539 # endif
|
|
|
4540 )
|
|
|
4541 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4542 #endif
|
|
|
4543 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4544 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4547 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4548 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4549 {
|
|
|
4550 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4551 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4552 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4555 }
|
|
|
4556
|
|
|
4557 /*
|
|
|
4558 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4559 */
|
|
|
4560 static void
|
|
|
4561 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4562 int c;
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4567 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4568 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4569 {
|
|
|
4570 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4571 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573 else
|
|
|
4574 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4575 }
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /*
|
|
|
4578 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4579 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 static void
|
|
|
4582 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4583 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4588 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4589 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4590 }
|
|
|
4591 }
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 /*
|
|
|
4594 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4595 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4596 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4597 */
|
|
|
4598 int
|
|
|
4599 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4600 {
|
|
|
4601 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4602 {
|
|
|
4603 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4604 {
|
|
|
4605 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4606 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4607 }
|
|
|
4608 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4609 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4610 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4611 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4612 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4613 {
|
|
|
4614 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4615 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617 #endif
|
|
|
4618 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4619 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4620 }
|
|
|
4621 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4622 {
|
|
|
4623 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4624 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4625 }
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4628 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4629 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4630 #endif
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4633 }
|
|
|
4634
|
|
|
4635 /*
|
|
|
4636 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4637 */
|
|
|
4638 static void
|
|
|
4639 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4640 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4641 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4642 {
|
|
|
4643 int cc;
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4646 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 /*
|
|
|
4649 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4650 */
|
|
|
4651 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4652 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4653 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4656 {
|
|
|
4657 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4658 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4659 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4660 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4661 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4662 {
|
|
10
|
4663 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4664
|
|
7
|
4665 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4666 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4667 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4668 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4669 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4672 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4673 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4674 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4678
|
|
10
|
4679 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
|
4681 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4682 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4683 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4684 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4685 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4686 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4687 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4688 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4689 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4690 #endif
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
7
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4695 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4698 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4699 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4700 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4701 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4702 {
|
|
10
|
4703 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4706 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4707 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4708 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4709 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4710 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4711 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4712 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4713 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4716 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4717 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4718 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4719 {
|
|
|
4720 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4721 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4724 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4725 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4726 # endif
|
|
|
4727 }
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729 #endif
|
|
|
4730 }
|
|
|
4731 }
|
|
|
4732 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4733 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4734 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4735 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4736 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4737 #endif
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4740 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4741 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4742 }
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 /*
|
|
|
4745 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4746 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4747 */
|
|
|
4748 void
|
|
|
4749 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4750 int c;
|
|
|
4751 {
|
|
|
4752 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4755 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4756 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4757 #else
|
|
|
4758 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4759 #endif
|
|
|
4760 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4761 {
|
|
|
4762 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4763 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4764 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4765 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4766 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4767 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4768 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4769 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4770 }
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 /*
|
|
|
4774 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4775 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4776 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4777 */
|
|
|
4778 char_u *
|
|
|
4779 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4780 int c;
|
|
|
4781 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4784 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4785 int i;
|
|
|
4786 int len;
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4789 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4792 #endif
|
|
|
4793 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4794 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4797 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4798 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4801 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4802 {
|
|
|
4803 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4804 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4805 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4806 }
|
|
|
4807 #endif
|
|
|
4808 else
|
|
|
4809 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812 #endif
|
|
|
4813 return s;
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
4818 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
4819 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
4820 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
4821 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
4822 */
|
|
|
4823 void
|
|
|
4824 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
4825 int flags;
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
4828 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
4829 else
|
|
|
4830 {
|
|
|
4831 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4832 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4833 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4834 #endif
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
4841 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
4842 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4845 }
|
|
|
4846 }
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 /*
|
|
|
4849 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
4850 *
|
|
|
4851 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
4852 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
4853 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
4854 */
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 int
|
|
|
4857 oneright()
|
|
|
4858 {
|
|
|
4859 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4861 int l;
|
|
|
4862 #endif
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4865 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
4870 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4871 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
4872 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4873 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
4874 #else
|
|
|
4875 *ptr
|
|
|
4876 #endif
|
|
|
4877 ))
|
|
|
4878 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
4879 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4880 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
4881 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4882 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
4883 }
|
|
|
4884 #endif
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4888 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
4891 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
4892 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
4893 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4894 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
|
4896 else
|
|
|
4897 #endif
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4900 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4901 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4902 }
|
|
|
4903
|
|
|
4904 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4905 return OK;
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907
|
|
|
4908 int
|
|
|
4909 oneleft()
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4912 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
4913 {
|
|
|
4914 int width;
|
|
|
4915 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
4918 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
4921 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
4922 width = 1;
|
|
|
4923 for (;;)
|
|
|
4924 {
|
|
|
4925 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
4926 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
4927 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
4928 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
4929 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4930 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
4931 # endif
|
|
|
4932 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
4933 break;
|
|
|
4934 ++width;
|
|
|
4935 }
|
|
|
4936 # else
|
|
|
4937 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
4938 # endif
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
4941 {
|
|
|
4942 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
4945 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4946 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
4947 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4948 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
4949 # else
|
|
|
4950 *ptr
|
|
|
4951 # endif
|
|
|
4952 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
4953 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4957 return OK;
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959 #endif
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4962 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4965 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4968 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
4969 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
4970 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4971 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4972 #endif
|
|
|
4973 return OK;
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 int
|
|
|
4977 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
4978 long n;
|
|
|
4979 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
4984 {
|
|
|
4985 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4986 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
4987 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4988 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
4989 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
4990 else
|
|
|
4991 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4992 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
4993 {
|
|
|
4994 /*
|
|
|
4995 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
4996 */
|
|
|
4997 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
4998 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 while (n--)
|
|
|
5001 {
|
|
|
5002 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5003 --lnum;
|
|
|
5004 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5005 break;
|
|
|
5006 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5007 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5008 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5009 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5010 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5011 }
|
|
|
5012 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5013 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5014 }
|
|
|
5015 else
|
|
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5018 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5019 }
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5022 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5025 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 return OK;
|
|
|
5028 }
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 /*
|
|
|
5031 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5032 */
|
|
|
5033 int
|
|
|
5034 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5035 long n;
|
|
|
5036 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5037 {
|
|
|
5038 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5041 {
|
|
|
5042 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5043 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5044 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5045 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5046 #endif
|
|
|
5047 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5048 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5049 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5050 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5051 else
|
|
|
5052 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5053 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5054 {
|
|
|
5055 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5056
|
|
|
5057 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5058 while (n--)
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5061 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5062 else
|
|
|
5063 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5064 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5065 break;
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
|
5067 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5068 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070 else
|
|
|
5071 #endif
|
|
|
5072 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5073 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5077 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5080 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5081
|
|
|
5082 return OK;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 /*
|
|
|
5086 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5087 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5088 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5089 */
|
|
|
5090 int
|
|
|
5091 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5092 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5093 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5094 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5095 {
|
|
|
5096 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5097 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5098 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5099 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5102 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5105 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5109 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5110 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5111 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5112 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5115 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5116 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5117 */
|
|
|
5118 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5119 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5120 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5123 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 do
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5129 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5130 if (last)
|
|
|
5131 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5132 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5133 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 if (last)
|
|
|
5138 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5141 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5144 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5145 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 return OK;
|
|
|
5148 }
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 char_u *
|
|
|
5151 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5152 {
|
|
|
5153 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5154 return NULL;
|
|
|
5155 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 /*
|
|
|
5159 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5160 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5161 */
|
|
|
5162 char_u *
|
|
|
5163 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5164 {
|
|
|
5165 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5166 int len;
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5169 return NULL;
|
|
|
5170 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5171 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5174 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5175 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177 return s;
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 /*
|
|
|
5181 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5182 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5183 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5184 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5185 */
|
|
|
5186 static int
|
|
|
5187 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5188 int c;
|
|
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5191 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5192 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5193 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5196 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5197 }
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 /*
|
|
|
5200 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5201 *
|
|
|
5202 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5203 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5204 *
|
|
|
5205 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5206 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5207 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5208 *
|
|
|
5209 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5210 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5211 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5212 *
|
|
|
5213 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5214 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5215 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5216 */
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5219 long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5220 long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 void
|
|
|
5223 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5224 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5229 return;
|
|
|
5230 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5231 {
|
|
|
5232 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5233 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5234 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5235 {
|
|
|
5236 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5237 return;
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5242 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5243 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5246 }
|
|
|
5247 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5248 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5249 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5250 *p = c;
|
|
|
5251 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /*
|
|
|
5255 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5256 */
|
|
|
5257 static void
|
|
|
5258 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5259 int c;
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5264 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5265 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5266 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5267 break;
|
|
|
5268 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5269 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5270 }
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 /*
|
|
|
5273 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5274 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5275 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5276 */
|
|
|
5277 static int
|
|
|
5278 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5281 return -1;
|
|
|
5282 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 /*
|
|
|
5286 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5287 * encountered.
|
|
|
5288 */
|
|
|
5289 static void
|
|
|
5290 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5291 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5292 {
|
|
|
5293 int i;
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5296 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5299 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5300 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5301 return;
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 /*
|
|
|
5306 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5307 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5308 */
|
|
|
5309 static void
|
|
|
5310 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
|
5312 int cc;
|
|
|
5313 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5316 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5317 {
|
|
|
5318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5319 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5320 #else
|
|
|
5321 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5322 #endif
|
|
|
5323 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5329 /*
|
|
|
5330 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5331 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5332 */
|
|
|
5333 static void
|
|
|
5334 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5335 int cc;
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 int n;
|
|
|
5338 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5339 int i;
|
|
|
5340 int c;
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5345 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5346 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5347 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349 else
|
|
|
5350 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5353 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5354 for (;;)
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5357 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5358 break;
|
|
|
5359 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5362 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5363 break;
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365 else
|
|
|
5366 {
|
|
|
5367 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5368 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5369 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5370 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5371 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5372 else
|
|
|
5373 {
|
|
|
5374 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5375 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5376 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5377 break;
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 }
|
|
|
5380 }
|
|
|
5381 }
|
|
|
5382 #endif
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 /*
|
|
|
5385 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5386 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5387 */
|
|
|
5388 static void
|
|
|
5389 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5392 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5393 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5394 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5395 }
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 /*
|
|
|
5398 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5399 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5400 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5401 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5402 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5403 */
|
|
|
5404 static void
|
|
|
5405 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 int cc;
|
|
|
5408 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5409 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5410 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5411 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5412 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5413 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5414 int i;
|
|
|
5415 int vcol;
|
|
|
5416 #endif
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5419 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5422 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
|
5424 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5425 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5426 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5427 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5428 }
|
|
|
5429 #endif
|
|
|
5430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5431 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5434 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5435 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5436 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5437 # endif
|
|
|
5438 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5439 }
|
|
|
5440 else
|
|
|
5441 #endif
|
|
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5444 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5445 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5446 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5447 #endif
|
|
|
5448 }
|
|
|
5449 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5452 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5455 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5456 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5457 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5458 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5462 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5463 #endif
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5468 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5469 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5470 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5473 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477 #endif
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5480 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5483 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5484 }
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5487 /*
|
|
|
5488 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5489 */
|
|
|
5490 static int
|
|
|
5491 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5492 {
|
|
|
5493 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5494 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5495 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5496 # endif
|
|
|
5497 ));
|
|
|
5498 }
|
|
|
5499 #endif
|
|
|
5500
|
|
|
5501 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5502 /*
|
|
|
5503 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5504 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5505 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5506 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5507 */
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 void
|
|
|
5510 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5511 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5514 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5515 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 void
|
|
|
5519 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5520 {
|
|
|
5521 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5522 return;
|
|
|
5523 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5524 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5525 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5526 # endif
|
|
|
5527 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5528 else
|
|
|
5529 # endif
|
|
|
5530 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5531 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5532 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5533 # endif
|
|
|
5534 }
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 #endif
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5539 /*
|
|
|
5540 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5541 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5542 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5543 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5544 *
|
|
|
5545 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5546 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5547 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5548 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5549 *
|
|
|
5550 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5551 */
|
|
|
5552 int
|
|
|
5553 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5554 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5555 int when;
|
|
|
5556 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5557 {
|
|
|
5558 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5559 int try_match;
|
|
|
5560 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5561 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5562 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5563 int icase;
|
|
|
5564 int i;
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5567 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5568 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5569 else
|
|
|
5570 #endif
|
|
|
5571 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5572 while (*look)
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 /*
|
|
|
5575 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5576 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5577 */
|
|
|
5578 switch (when)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5581 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5582 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5583 }
|
|
|
5584 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5585 ++look;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 /*
|
|
|
5588 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5589 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5590 */
|
|
|
5591 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5594 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5595 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5596 ++look;
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 else
|
|
|
5599 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 /*
|
|
|
5602 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5603 */
|
|
|
5604 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5605 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5606 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5607 #else
|
|
|
5608 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5609 #endif
|
|
|
5610 )
|
|
|
5611 {
|
|
|
5612 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5613 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5614 look += 2;
|
|
|
5615 }
|
|
|
5616 /*
|
|
|
5617 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5618 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5619 */
|
|
|
5620 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5623 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5624 ++look;
|
|
|
5625 }
|
|
|
5626 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5627 {
|
|
|
5628 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5629 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5630 ++look;
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5635 * cursor.
|
|
|
5636 */
|
|
|
5637 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5638 {
|
|
|
5639 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5642 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5643 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5644 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
|
5646 ++look;
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648
|
|
|
5649 /*
|
|
|
5650 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5651 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5652 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5653 */
|
|
|
5654 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5659 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5660 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5661 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5662 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5663 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5666 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5667 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5668 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5669 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5670 if (i)
|
|
|
5671 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673 }
|
|
|
5674 ++look;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 /*
|
|
|
5679 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5680 */
|
|
|
5681 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 /*
|
|
|
5686 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5687 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5688 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5689 */
|
|
|
5690 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5691 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5692 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5695 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
|
5697 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5698 look++;
|
|
|
5699 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5700 look++;
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 /*
|
|
|
5704 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5705 */
|
|
|
5706 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5707 {
|
|
|
5708 ++look;
|
|
|
5709 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5710 {
|
|
|
5711 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5712 ++look;
|
|
|
5713 }
|
|
|
5714 else
|
|
|
5715 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5716 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5717 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5718 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5719 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5720 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5721 {
|
|
|
5722 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5725 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5730 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5731 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5732 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5733 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5738 {
|
|
|
5739 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5740 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5741 break;
|
|
|
5742 }
|
|
|
5743 }
|
|
|
5744 else
|
|
|
5745 # endif
|
|
|
5746 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5747 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5748 break;
|
|
|
5749 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5750 && (icase
|
|
|
5751 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5752 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5753 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755 else
|
|
|
5756 #endif
|
|
|
5757 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5758 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5759 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5760 {
|
|
|
5761 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5762 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5763 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5764 && (icase
|
|
|
5765 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5766 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5767 == 0)
|
|
|
5768 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5771 {
|
|
|
5772 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5773 * word. */
|
|
|
5774 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5775 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5776 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5777 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779 if (match)
|
|
|
5780 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5781 }
|
|
|
5782 look = p;
|
|
|
5783 }
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 /*
|
|
|
5786 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5787 */
|
|
|
5788 else
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5791 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5792 ++look;
|
|
|
5793 }
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 /*
|
|
|
5796 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5797 */
|
|
|
5798 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5801 }
|
|
|
5802 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5805 /*
|
|
|
5806 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
5807 */
|
|
|
5808 int
|
|
|
5809 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
5810 int c;
|
|
|
5811 {
|
|
|
5812 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
5813 {
|
|
|
5814 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
5815 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
5816 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
5817 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
5818 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
5819 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
5820 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
5821 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
5822 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
5823 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
5824 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
5825 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
5826 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
5829 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5830 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
5831 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
5832 return 'X';
|
|
|
5833 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
5834 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
5835 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
5836 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
5837 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
5838 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
5839 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
5840 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
5841 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5842 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
5843 #else
|
|
|
5844 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
5845 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
5846 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
5847 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
5848 */
|
|
|
5849 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
5850 #endif
|
|
|
5851 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5852 else
|
|
|
5853 return c;
|
|
|
5854 }
|
|
|
5855 else
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 switch (c)
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
5860 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
5861 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
5862 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
5863 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
5866 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
5867 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
5868 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
5869 default: {
|
|
|
5870 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5873 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
5874 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
5875 #else
|
|
|
5876 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
5877 #endif
|
|
|
5878 return c;
|
|
|
5879 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
5880 break;
|
|
|
5881 }
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886 }
|
|
|
5887 #endif
|
|
|
5888
|
|
|
5889 static void
|
|
|
5890 ins_reg()
|
|
|
5891 {
|
|
|
5892 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5893 int regname;
|
|
|
5894 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 /*
|
|
|
5897 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
5898 */
|
|
|
5899 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
5900 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
5903 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
5906 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5907 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
5908 #endif
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5912 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5913 #endif
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
5917 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
5918 */
|
|
|
5919 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
5920 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
5921 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
5922 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
5923 #endif
|
|
|
5924 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
5927 literally = regname;
|
|
|
5928 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5929 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
5930 #endif
|
|
|
5931 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
5932 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
5933 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
5934 #endif
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5939 /*
|
|
|
5940 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
5941 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
5942 */
|
|
|
5943 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
5944 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
5945 {
|
|
|
5946 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
5947 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
|
5948 #endif
|
|
|
5949 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
|
5950 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
5951 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
5952 if (im_on)
|
|
|
5953 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
5954 #endif
|
|
|
5955 }
|
|
|
5956 if (regname == NUL)
|
|
|
5957 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
5958 else
|
|
|
5959 {
|
|
|
5960 #endif
|
|
|
5961 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
5962 {
|
|
|
5963 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
5964 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
5965 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
5966 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
5969 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
5970 }
|
|
|
5971 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5972 {
|
|
|
5973 vim_beep();
|
|
|
5974 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
5975 }
|
|
|
5976 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5977 }
|
|
|
5978 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
5979 #endif
|
|
|
5980 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5981 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
5982 #endif
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
5985 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
5986 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
5987 }
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 /*
|
|
|
5990 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
5991 */
|
|
|
5992 static void
|
|
|
5993 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
5994 {
|
|
|
5995 int c;
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5998 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
5999 setcursor();
|
|
|
6000 #endif
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 /*
|
|
|
6003 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6004 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6005 */
|
|
|
6006 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6007 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6008 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6009 switch (c)
|
|
|
6010 {
|
|
|
6011 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6012 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6013 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6014 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6015 break;
|
|
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6018 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6019 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6020 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6021 break;
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6024 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6025 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6026 break;
|
|
|
6027
|
|
|
6028 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6029 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6030 }
|
|
|
6031 }
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 /*
|
|
|
6034 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6035 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6036 * insert.
|
|
|
6037 */
|
|
|
6038 static int
|
|
|
6039 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6040 long *count;
|
|
|
6041 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6042 {
|
|
|
6043 int temp;
|
|
|
6044 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6047 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6048 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6049 # endif
|
|
|
6050 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6051 {
|
|
|
6052 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6053 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6054 }
|
|
|
6055 #endif
|
|
|
6056 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6057 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6058 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6059 #endif
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6062 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6063 {
|
|
|
6064 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6065 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6066 }
|
|
|
6067 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6068 {
|
|
|
6069 /*
|
|
|
6070 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
|
6071 */
|
|
|
6072 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
6073 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 /*
|
|
|
6076 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6077 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6078 */
|
|
|
6079 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6080 {
|
|
|
6081 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6082 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6083 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6087 {
|
|
|
6088 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6089 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6090 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6091 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6092 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6093 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6094 }
|
|
|
6095 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6096 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6097 }
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6100 * indent */
|
|
|
6101 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6102 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6105 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6106 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 /*
|
|
|
6109 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6110 */
|
|
|
6111 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6112 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6113 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6114 #endif
|
|
|
6115 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6116 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6117 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6118 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6119 #endif
|
|
|
6120 ))
|
|
|
6121 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6122 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6123 #endif
|
|
|
6124 )
|
|
|
6125 {
|
|
|
6126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6127 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6128 {
|
|
|
6129 oneleft();
|
|
|
6130 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6131 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6132 }
|
|
|
6133 else
|
|
|
6134 #endif
|
|
|
6135 {
|
|
|
6136 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6138 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6139 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6140 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6141 #endif
|
|
|
6142 }
|
|
|
6143 }
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6146 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6147 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6148 * well). */
|
|
|
6149 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6150 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6151 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6152 #endif
|
|
|
6153
|
|
|
6154 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6155 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6156 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6159 setmouse();
|
|
|
6160 #endif
|
|
|
6161 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6162 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6163 #endif
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 /*
|
|
|
6166 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6167 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6168 */
|
|
|
6169 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6170 showmode();
|
|
|
6171 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6172 MSG("");
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6175 }
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6178 /*
|
|
|
6179 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6180 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6181 */
|
|
|
6182 static void
|
|
|
6183 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6186 {
|
|
|
6187 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6188 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6189 }
|
|
|
6190 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6191 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6192 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6193 {
|
|
|
6194 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6195 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6196 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6197 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199 else
|
|
|
6200 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6201 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6202 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6203 {
|
|
|
6204 /*
|
|
|
6205 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6206 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6207 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6208 */
|
|
|
6209 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6210 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6211 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6212 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6213 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6214 }
|
|
|
6215 else
|
|
|
6216 #endif
|
|
|
6217 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6218 showmode();
|
|
|
6219 }
|
|
|
6220 #endif
|
|
|
6221
|
|
|
6222 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6223 /*
|
|
|
6224 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6225 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6226 */
|
|
|
6227 static int
|
|
|
6228 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6229 int c;
|
|
|
6230 {
|
|
|
6231 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6232 switch (c)
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6235 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
6236 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6237 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
6238 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6239 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6240 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6241 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6242 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6243 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6244 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6245 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6246 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6247 case K_END:
|
|
|
6248 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6249 # endif
|
|
|
6250 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6251 break;
|
|
|
6252 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6253 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6254 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6255 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6256 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6257 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6258 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6259 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6260 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6261 start_selection();
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6264 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6265 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6270 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6271 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6272 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6273 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6276 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6277 }
|
|
|
6278 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6279 }
|
|
|
6280 #endif
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 /*
|
|
|
6283 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6284 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6285 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6286 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6287 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6288 */
|
|
|
6289 static void
|
|
|
6290 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6291 int c;
|
|
|
6292 int lastc;
|
|
|
6293 {
|
|
|
6294 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6295 return;
|
|
|
6296 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6297
|
|
|
6298 /*
|
|
|
6299 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6300 */
|
|
|
6301 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6302 {
|
|
|
6303 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6304 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6305 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6306 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6307 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6308 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6309 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6310 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6311 }
|
|
|
6312 else
|
|
|
6313 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6316 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6317 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6318 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6319 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6320 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6321 #endif
|
|
|
6322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6323 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6324 #endif
|
|
|
6325 }
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 static void
|
|
|
6328 ins_del()
|
|
|
6329 {
|
|
|
6330 int temp;
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6333 return;
|
|
|
6334 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6335 {
|
|
|
6336 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6337 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6338 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6339 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6340 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6341 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6342 else
|
|
|
6343 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6344 }
|
|
|
6345 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6346 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6347 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6348 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6349 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6350 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6351 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6352 #endif
|
|
|
6353 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6354 }
|
|
|
6355
|
|
|
6356 /*
|
|
|
6357 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6358 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6359 */
|
|
|
6360 static int
|
|
|
6361 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6362 int c;
|
|
|
6363 int mode;
|
|
|
6364 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6365 {
|
|
|
6366 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6367 int cc;
|
|
|
6368 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6369 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6370 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6371 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6372 int oldState;
|
|
|
6373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6374 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6375 #endif
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 /*
|
|
|
6378 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6379 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6380 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6381 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6382 */
|
|
|
6383 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6384 || (
|
|
|
6385 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6386 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6387 #endif
|
|
|
6388 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6389 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6390 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6391 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6392 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6393 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6394 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6395 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6396 {
|
|
|
6397 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6398 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6399 }
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6402 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6403 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6404 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6405 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6406 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6407 #endif
|
|
|
6408 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6409 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6410 #endif
|
|
|
6411 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6412 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6413 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6414 #endif
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6417 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6418 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6419 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6420 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6421 */
|
|
|
6422 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6425 {
|
|
|
6426 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6427 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6428 }
|
|
|
6429 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6430 {
|
|
|
6431 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6432 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6433 }
|
|
|
6434 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6435 }
|
|
|
6436 #endif
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 /*
|
|
|
6439 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6440 */
|
|
|
6441 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6442 {
|
|
|
6443 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6444 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6445 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6446 || revins_on
|
|
|
6447 #endif
|
|
|
6448 )
|
|
|
6449 {
|
|
|
6450 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6451 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6452 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6453 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6454 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6455 }
|
|
|
6456 /*
|
|
|
6457 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6458 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6459 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6460 */
|
|
|
6461 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6462 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6463 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6464 /*
|
|
|
6465 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6466 * cursor.
|
|
|
6467 */
|
|
|
6468 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6469 {
|
|
|
6470 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6471 }
|
|
|
6472 else
|
|
|
6473 {
|
|
|
6474 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6475 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6476 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6477 #endif
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6480 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6481 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6482 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6483 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6484 }
|
|
|
6485 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6486 else
|
|
|
6487 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6488 #endif
|
|
|
6489
|
|
|
6490 /*
|
|
|
6491 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6492 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6493 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6494 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6495 */
|
|
|
6496 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6497 {
|
|
|
6498 /*
|
|
|
6499 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6500 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6501 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6502 */
|
|
|
6503 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6504 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6505 /*
|
|
|
6506 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6507 */
|
|
|
6508 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6509 {
|
|
|
6510 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6512 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6513 #else
|
|
|
6514 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6515 #endif
|
|
|
6516 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6517 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6518 }
|
|
|
6519 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6520 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6521 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6522 }
|
|
|
6523 }
|
|
|
6524 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6525 }
|
|
|
6526 else
|
|
|
6527 {
|
|
|
6528 /*
|
|
|
6529 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6530 */
|
|
|
6531 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6532 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6533 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6534 #endif
|
|
|
6535 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6536 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6537 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6538 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6539 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6540 #endif
|
|
|
6541 )
|
|
|
6542 {
|
|
|
6543 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6544 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6545 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6546 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6547 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549
|
|
|
6550 /*
|
|
|
6551 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6552 */
|
|
|
6553 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6554 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6555 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6556 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6557 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6558 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6559 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6560 {
|
|
|
6561 int ts;
|
|
|
6562 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6563 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6564 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6567 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6568 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6569 else
|
|
|
6570 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6571 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6572 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6573 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6574 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6575 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6576 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6577 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6578 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6581 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6582 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6583 {
|
|
|
6584 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6585 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6586 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6589 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6590 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6591 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6594 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6595 {
|
|
|
6596 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6597 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6598 }
|
|
|
6599 else
|
|
|
6600 #endif
|
|
|
6601 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6602 }
|
|
|
6603 }
|
|
|
6604 else
|
|
|
6605 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6606 }
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6609 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6610 {
|
|
|
6611 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6612 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6613 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6614 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6617 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6618 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6619 else
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 {
|
|
|
6622 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6623 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6624 {
|
|
|
6625 if (extra)
|
|
|
6626 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6627 else
|
|
|
6628 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6629 }
|
|
|
6630 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6631 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6632 }
|
|
|
6633 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6634 }
|
|
|
6635 }
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 /*
|
|
|
6638 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6639 */
|
|
|
6640 else do
|
|
|
6641 {
|
|
|
6642 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6643 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6644 #endif
|
|
|
6645 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6646
|
|
|
6647 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6648 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6649 {
|
|
|
6650 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6651 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6652 }
|
|
|
6653 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6654 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6655 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6656 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6657 {
|
|
|
6658 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6659 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6660 #endif
|
|
|
6661 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6662 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6663 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6664 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6665 #endif
|
|
|
6666 break;
|
|
|
6667 }
|
|
|
6668 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6669 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6670 else
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6673 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6674 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6675 #endif
|
|
|
6676 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6678 /*
|
|
|
6679 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6680 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6681 * character.
|
|
|
6682 */
|
|
|
6683 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6684 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6685 #endif
|
|
|
6686 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6687 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6688 {
|
|
|
6689 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6690 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6691 }
|
|
|
6692 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6693 break;
|
|
|
6694 #endif
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6697 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6698 break;
|
|
|
6699 } while (
|
|
|
6700 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6701 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6702 #endif
|
|
|
6703 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6704 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6705 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6706 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6707 }
|
|
|
6708 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6709 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6710 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6711 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6712 #endif
|
|
|
6713 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6714 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6715 /*
|
|
|
6716 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6717 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6718 * with.
|
|
|
6719 */
|
|
|
6720 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6723 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6724 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6725 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6726
|
|
|
6727 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6728 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6729 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6730 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6731 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6732 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6733 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6734 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6735 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6741 static void
|
|
|
6742 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
6743 int c;
|
|
|
6744 {
|
|
|
6745 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6746
|
|
|
6747 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6748 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
6749 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6750 # endif
|
|
|
6751 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
6752 return;
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6755 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6756 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
6757 {
|
|
|
6758 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6759 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6760 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6761 # endif
|
|
|
6762 }
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
6765 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
6766 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
6767 #endif
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769
|
|
|
6770 static void
|
|
|
6771 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
6772 int up;
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6775 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6776 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
6777 # endif
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6780
|
|
|
6781 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6782 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
6785 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
6786 {
|
|
|
6787 int row, col;
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
6790 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
6793 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
6794 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6795 }
|
|
|
6796 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
6797 # endif
|
|
|
6798 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
6801 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
6802 else
|
|
|
6803 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
6804
|
|
|
6805 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6806 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
6809 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6810 # endif
|
|
|
6811
|
|
|
6812 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
6813 {
|
|
|
6814 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6815 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6816 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6817 # endif
|
|
|
6818 }
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820 #endif
|
|
|
6821
|
|
|
6822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6823 void
|
|
|
6824 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
6825 {
|
|
|
6826 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6829 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6830 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
6831 {
|
|
|
6832 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6833 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6834 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6835 # endif
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837 }
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 void
|
|
|
6840 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6845 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6846 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
6847 {
|
|
|
6848 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6849 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6850 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6851 # endif
|
|
|
6852 }
|
|
|
6853 }
|
|
|
6854 #endif
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 static void
|
|
|
6857 ins_left()
|
|
|
6858 {
|
|
|
6859 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6860
|
|
|
6861 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6862 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6863 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6864 #endif
|
|
|
6865 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6866 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6867 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
6868 {
|
|
|
6869 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6870 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6871 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
6872 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
6873 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6874 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
6875 #endif
|
|
|
6876 }
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 /*
|
|
|
6879 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
6880 * previous line
|
|
|
6881 */
|
|
|
6882 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6885 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
6886 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6887 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
6888 }
|
|
|
6889 else
|
|
|
6890 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6891 }
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 static void
|
|
|
6894 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
6895 int c;
|
|
|
6896 {
|
|
|
6897 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6898
|
|
|
6899 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6900 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6901 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6902 #endif
|
|
|
6903 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6904 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6905 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
6906 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6907 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6908 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6909 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6910 #endif
|
|
|
6911 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
6912 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6913 }
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 static void
|
|
|
6916 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
6917 int c;
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6920
|
|
|
6921 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6922 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6923 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6924 #endif
|
|
|
6925 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6926 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6927 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
6928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6929 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6930 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6933 }
|
|
|
6934
|
|
|
6935 static void
|
|
|
6936 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6939 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6940 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6941 #endif
|
|
|
6942 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6943 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6944 {
|
|
|
6945 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
6946 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6947 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6948 }
|
|
|
6949 else
|
|
|
6950 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6951 }
|
|
|
6952
|
|
|
6953 static void
|
|
|
6954 ins_right()
|
|
|
6955 {
|
|
|
6956 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6957 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6958 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6959 #endif
|
|
|
6960 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6961 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
6962 )
|
|
|
6963 {
|
|
|
6964 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
6965 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6966 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6967 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6968 oneright();
|
|
|
6969 else
|
|
|
6970 #endif
|
|
|
6971 {
|
|
|
6972 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6973 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6974 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6975 else
|
|
|
6976 #endif
|
|
|
6977 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6978 }
|
|
|
6979
|
|
|
6980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6981 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6982 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6983 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6984 #endif
|
|
|
6985 }
|
|
|
6986 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
6987 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
6988 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
6989 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6990 {
|
|
|
6991 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
6992 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6993 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6994 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6995 }
|
|
|
6996 else
|
|
|
6997 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999
|
|
|
7000 static void
|
|
|
7001 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7002 {
|
|
|
7003 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7004 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7005 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7006 #endif
|
|
|
7007 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7008 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7009 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7010 {
|
|
|
7011 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7012 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7013 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7014 }
|
|
|
7015 else
|
|
|
7016 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7017 }
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 static void
|
|
|
7020 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7021 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7022 {
|
|
|
7023 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7024 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7025 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7026 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7027 #endif
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7030 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7031 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7032 {
|
|
|
7033 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7034 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7035 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7036 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7037 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7038 #endif
|
|
|
7039 )
|
|
|
7040 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7041 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7042 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7043 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7044 #endif
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046 else
|
|
|
7047 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7048 }
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 static void
|
|
|
7051 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7054
|
|
|
7055 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7056 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7057 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7058 {
|
|
|
7059 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7060 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7061 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7062 #endif
|
|
|
7063 }
|
|
|
7064 else
|
|
|
7065 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7066 }
|
|
|
7067
|
|
|
7068 static void
|
|
|
7069 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7070 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7071 {
|
|
|
7072 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7073 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7074 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7075 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7076 #endif
|
|
|
7077
|
|
|
7078 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7079 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7080 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7081 {
|
|
|
7082 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7083 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7084 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7085 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7086 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7087 #endif
|
|
|
7088 )
|
|
|
7089 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7090 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7091 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7092 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7093 #endif
|
|
|
7094 }
|
|
|
7095 else
|
|
|
7096 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7097 }
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 static void
|
|
|
7100 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7101 {
|
|
|
7102 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7105 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7106 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7107 {
|
|
|
7108 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7109 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7110 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7111 #endif
|
|
|
7112 }
|
|
|
7113 else
|
|
|
7114 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7115 }
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7118 static void
|
|
|
7119 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7122 }
|
|
|
7123 #endif
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 /*
|
|
|
7126 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7127 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7128 */
|
|
|
7129 static int
|
|
|
7130 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7131 {
|
|
|
7132 int ind;
|
|
|
7133 int i;
|
|
|
7134 int temp;
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7137 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7138 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7139 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7142 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7143 if (ind)
|
|
|
7144 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7145 #endif
|
|
|
7146
|
|
|
7147 /*
|
|
|
7148 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7149 */
|
|
|
7150 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7151 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7152 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7153 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7154
|
|
|
7155 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7156 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7159 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7160 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7161 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7162 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7163 #endif
|
|
|
7164 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7167 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7168 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7169 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7170 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7171 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7172 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 /*
|
|
|
7175 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7176 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7177 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7178 */
|
|
|
7179 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7180 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7181 {
|
|
|
7182 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7183 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7184 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7185 else
|
|
|
7186 #endif
|
|
|
7187 {
|
|
|
7188 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7189 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7190 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7191 }
|
|
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 /*
|
|
|
7195 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7196 */
|
|
|
7197 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7198 {
|
|
|
7199 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7200 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7201 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7202 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7203 #endif
|
|
|
7204 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7205 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7206 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7207 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7208 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 /*
|
|
|
7211 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7212 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7213 */
|
|
|
7214 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7215 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7216 {
|
|
|
7217 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7218 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7219 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7220 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7221 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7222 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7223 }
|
|
|
7224 else
|
|
|
7225 #endif
|
|
|
7226 {
|
|
|
7227 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7228 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7229 }
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7232 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7233 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7236 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7237 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7238 {
|
|
|
7239 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7240 --ptr;
|
|
|
7241 }
|
|
|
7242
|
|
|
7243 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7244 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7245 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7246 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7247 {
|
|
|
7248 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7249 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7250 }
|
|
|
7251
|
|
|
7252 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7253 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7254 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7257 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7258 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7259 {
|
|
|
7260 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7261 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7262 break;
|
|
|
7263 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7264 {
|
|
|
7265 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7266 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7267 {
|
|
|
7268 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7269 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7270 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7271 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7272 }
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7275 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7276 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7277 }
|
|
|
7278
|
|
|
7279 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7280 {
|
|
|
7281 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7284 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7287 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7288 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7291 {
|
|
|
7292 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7293 --ptr;
|
|
|
7294 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7295 }
|
|
|
7296 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7299 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7300 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7303 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7304 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7305 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7306 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7307 #endif
|
|
|
7308 )
|
|
|
7309 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7310 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7311 }
|
|
|
7312 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7315 /*
|
|
|
7316 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7317 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7318 * spacing.
|
|
|
7319 */
|
|
|
7320 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7321 {
|
|
|
7322 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7323 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7326 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7327 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7328 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 #endif
|
|
|
7331 }
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7334 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7335 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7336 #endif
|
|
|
7337 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7338 }
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7341 }
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 /*
|
|
|
7344 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7345 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7346 */
|
|
|
7347 static int
|
|
|
7348 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7349 int c;
|
|
|
7350 {
|
|
|
7351 int i;
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7354 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7355 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7356 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7357 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 /*
|
|
|
7360 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7361 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7362 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7363 */
|
|
|
7364 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7366 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7367 #endif
|
|
|
7368 )
|
|
|
7369 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 /*
|
|
|
7372 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7373 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7374 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7375 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7376 */
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7379 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7380 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7381 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7382 # endif
|
|
|
7383 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7384 * current line. */
|
|
|
7385 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7386 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7387 #endif
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7390 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7391 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7392 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7393 #endif
|
|
|
7394 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7395 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7396 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7397 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7398 #endif
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 return (!i);
|
|
|
7401 }
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7404 /*
|
|
|
7405 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7406 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7407 * done.
|
|
|
7408 */
|
|
|
7409 static int
|
|
|
7410 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7411 {
|
|
|
7412 int c;
|
|
|
7413 int cc;
|
|
|
7414
|
|
|
7415 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7416 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7417 {
|
|
|
7418 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7419 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7420
|
|
|
7421 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7422 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7423 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7424 #endif
|
|
|
7425 }
|
|
|
7426
|
|
|
7427 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7428 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7429 #endif
|
|
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7432 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7433 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7434 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7435 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7436 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7437 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7438 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7439 {
|
|
|
7440 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7441 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7442 #endif
|
|
|
7443 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7444 return NUL;
|
|
|
7445 }
|
|
|
7446 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7447 {
|
|
|
7448 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7449 {
|
|
|
7450 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7451 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7454 {
|
|
|
7455 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7456 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7457 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7458 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7459 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7460 }
|
|
|
7461 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7462 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7463 #endif
|
|
|
7464 }
|
|
|
7465 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7466 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7467 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7468 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7469 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7470 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7471 {
|
|
|
7472 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7473 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7474 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7475 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7476 #endif
|
|
|
7477 return c;
|
|
|
7478 }
|
|
|
7479 }
|
|
|
7480 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7481 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7482 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7483 #endif
|
|
|
7484 return NUL;
|
|
|
7485 }
|
|
|
7486 #endif
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 /*
|
|
|
7489 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7490 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7491 */
|
|
|
7492 static int
|
|
|
7493 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7494 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 int c;
|
|
|
7497 int temp;
|
|
|
7498 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7499
|
|
|
7500 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7501 {
|
|
|
7502 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7503 return NUL;
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7507 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7508 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7509 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7510 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7511 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7512 {
|
|
|
7513 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7514 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7515 }
|
|
|
7516 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7517 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7520 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7521 #else
|
|
|
7522 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7523 #endif
|
|
|
7524 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7525 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7526 return c;
|
|
|
7527 }
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7530 /*
|
|
|
7531 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7532 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7533 */
|
|
|
7534 static void
|
|
|
7535 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7536 int c;
|
|
|
7537 {
|
|
|
7538 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7539 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7540 int i;
|
|
|
7541 int temp;
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 /*
|
|
|
7544 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7545 */
|
|
|
7546 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7547 {
|
|
|
7548 /*
|
|
|
7549 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7550 */
|
|
|
7551 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7552 {
|
|
|
7553 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7554 /*
|
|
|
7555 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7556 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7557 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7558 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7559 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7560 */
|
|
|
7561 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7562 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7563 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7564 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7565 ;
|
|
|
7566 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7567 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7568 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7569 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7570 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7571 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7572 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7573 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7574 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7575 else
|
|
|
7576 #endif
|
|
|
7577 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7580 {
|
|
|
7581 /*
|
|
|
7582 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7583 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7584 */
|
|
|
7585 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7586 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7587 {
|
|
|
7588 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7589 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7590 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7591 {
|
|
|
7592 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7593
|
|
|
7594 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7595 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7596 break;
|
|
|
7597 }
|
|
|
7598 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7599 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7600 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7601 }
|
|
|
7602 if (temp)
|
|
|
7603 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7604 }
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606
|
|
|
7607 /*
|
|
|
7608 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7609 */
|
|
|
7610 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7611 {
|
|
|
7612 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7613 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7614 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7615 }
|
|
|
7616
|
|
|
7617 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7618 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7619 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7620 }
|
|
|
7621 #endif
|
|
|
7622
|
|
|
7623 /*
|
|
|
7624 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7625 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7626 */
|
|
|
7627 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7628 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7631 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7632 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7633 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7634 }
|
